<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ashok</id>
	<title>Open Educational Resources - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ashok"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php/Special:Contributions/Ashok"/>
	<updated>2026-07-28T07:52:46Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2762</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2762"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T09:00:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Markings''' : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclips_time_set.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_(Sun_%26moon).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Solar eclipse''' :&lt;br /&gt;
I you know date , place and time you can check directly through stellarium .  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example : &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to Location window → type in search box Manado then select and close location window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to date and time window : 1995-10-24 – 09.05.00 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Go-tp search Window : type in SUN &lt;br /&gt;
then zoom in - cntrl+Up or Zoom In(scroll mouse key)&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on play button on below panel . &lt;br /&gt;
If you need a increase the time speed click on forward button or L&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_half_jointed.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_full_eclipse.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|observe to solar eclipse half sun covered . &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Full solar eclipse : upto 12.15pm &lt;br /&gt;
Total duration of solar eclipse : 3 hours 10 min.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2760</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2760"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T07:51:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Markings''' : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclips_time_set.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_(Sun_%26moon).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Solar eclipse''' :&lt;br /&gt;
I you know date , place and time you can check directly through stellarium .  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example : &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to Location window → type in search box Manado then select and close location window. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Go-to date and time window : 1995-10-24 – 09.05.00 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Go-tp search Window : type in SUN &lt;br /&gt;
then zoom in - cntrl+Up or Zoom In(scroll mouse key)&lt;br /&gt;
Just click on play button on below panel . &lt;br /&gt;
If you need a increase the time speed click on forward button or L&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File: |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_full_eclipse.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|observe to solar eclipse half sun covered . &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Full solar eclipse : upto 12.15pm &lt;br /&gt;
Total duration of solar eclipse : 3 hours 10 min.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2759</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2759"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T07:00:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Markings''' : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclips_time_set.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_eclipse_(Sun_%26moon).png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File: |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Solar_full_eclipse.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2758</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2758"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:51:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Markings''' : &lt;br /&gt;
Various grids, lines and markings can be displayed on the celestial sphere. &lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “e” toggles an equatorial grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Pressing “z” toggles the Altitude / Azimuth grid:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation lines and boundaries are toggled on and off using the “b” and “c” keys.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Constellation art can be displayed by using the “r” key.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2757</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2757"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:46:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Press F5 to bring up the Date and Time window. Set the time to 8:30 PM.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Time &lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also allows us to manipulate time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “L” key 3 times to see the stars move across the sky. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “K” key to return time to normal speed. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “J” key repeatedly to make time move backwards. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “8” key to reset the date and time to current. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the “7” key to freeze time. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you get lost, remember: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The “8” key sets the date and time to current.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The “K” key set the simulation to normal speed.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Refer to the status bar at the bottom of the screen at any time to check on the date, &lt;br /&gt;
time, and simulation speed.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Controls for time can also be found on the lower tool bar:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2756</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2756"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:23:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2755</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2755"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:14:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_5.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_6.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_7.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_8.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_9.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_10.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2754</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2754"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:10:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_4.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_11.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_12.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_13.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2753</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2753"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:06:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_14.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2752</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2752"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:04:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2751</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2751"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T06:01:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2750</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2750"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T05:59:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File :https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/97/Stellarium_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2749</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2749"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T05:57:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File: https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/97/Stellarium_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2748</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2748"/>
		<updated>2016-10-19T05:56:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/97/Stellarium_1.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2731</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2731"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T11:59:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Positioning your mouse at the lower left hand corner of the screen will reveal the main tool bars. They automatically disappear when the mouse is moved away. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Basic Moves &lt;br /&gt;
Moving around Stellarium can be accomplished using mouse and keyboard &lt;br /&gt;
commands.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Hold the left mouse button down while moving the mouse to change your orientation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can also use the cursor keys on your keyboard to change your orientation.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press and hold the keyboard Page Up and Page Down keys to zoom in and out. Press the space bar &lt;br /&gt;
to centre a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the forward slash key “ / ” to quickly zoom in on a selected object. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press the back slash key ” \ “ to return quickly to a 60° field of view.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|'''Setting the Location and Time :''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Setting the correct location and time must be done before Stellarium can be used to &lt;br /&gt;
plan an evening’s observations. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Press F6 to open the Location Window. Alternatively, click on the Location Window &lt;br /&gt;
icon in the tool bar. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Type the name of the city in the search box, then select it t. Click on “use as default” &lt;br /&gt;
if you wish to retain the setting the next time Stellarium starts. Close when finished.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|The main display should reflect the new location details:&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2729</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2729"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T11:53:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|On opening a new installation of Stellarium, you will be presented with a 60° view of &lt;br /&gt;
the sky as currently seen from Paris. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|At the bottom of the screen you can see additional information describing the &lt;br /&gt;
location, date and time. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Cardinal indicators located on the horizon show the direction you are facing.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|A left mouse click on any object on the screen will display additional information in &lt;br /&gt;
the top left hand corner of the screen.&lt;br /&gt;
Right mouse click to clear the selection&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 5)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 6)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 7)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 8)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 9)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 10)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 11)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 12)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 13)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 14)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 15)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 16)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 17)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 18)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 19)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 20)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 21)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 22)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 23)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 24)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2716</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2716"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T10:09:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8a/Freeplane_main_page_new.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/be/Agriculture_food_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/7/74/Food_details.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b7/Food_freeplane_open.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/83/Food_hyperlink.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/96/Food_note_panel.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/47/Food_note_window_summary.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2715</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2715"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T10:07:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/b7/Food_freeplane_open.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/be/Agriculture_food_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/7/74/Food_details.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/83/Food_hyperlink.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/96/Food_note_panel.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/47/Food_note_window_summary.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2695</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2695"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T07:05:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:6_Turtleblocks_flow.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:8_Turtleblocks_trash.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step  8- This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_4.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_6.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2694</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2694"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T07:02:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:6_Turtleblocks_flow.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:8_Turtleblocks_trash.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_4.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_6.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2693</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2693"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:59:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:6_Turtleblocks_flow.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:8_Turtleblocks_trash.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_1.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_3.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_4.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:Turtleblocks_construction_6.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2692</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2692"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:52:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png |450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2691</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2691"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:50:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:2_Turtleblocks_main.png 450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png 450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png 450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2690</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2690"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:48:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2688</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2688"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:46:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2687</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2687"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:39:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2686</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2686"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:35:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2685</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2685"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:24:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|[[File:1_Tutleblocks_open.png|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2683</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2683"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:18:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2682</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2682"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:17:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/92/Turtleblocks_construction_5.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2681</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2681"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:15:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/92/Turtleblocks_construction_5.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2680</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2680"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T06:13:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/92/Turtleblocks_construction_5.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/92/Turtleblocks_construction_5.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2656</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2656"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T05:15:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c8/Turtleblocks_construction_1.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/f/fc/Turtleblocks_construction_2.png/800px-Turtleblocks_construction_2.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/c/c3/Turtleblocks_construction_3.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/95/Turtleblocks_construction_4.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/92/Turtleblocks_construction_5.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/3a/Turtleblocks_construction_6.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2653</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2653"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T05:07:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/8e/5_Turtleblocks_Numbers.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/25/6_Turtleblocks_flow.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/2/23/7_Turtleblocks_blocks.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/14/8_Turtleblocks_trash.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|10 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|11 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|12 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|13 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|14 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|15 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|16 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2651</id>
		<title>Learn TurtleBlocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_TurtleBlocks&amp;diff=2651"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T05:04:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
TurtleBlocks is a fun activity in which you learn how command a little robotic turtle to draw pictures and designs for you. TurtleBlocks does only one thing and tries to do it very simply and very well: bring geometry and art together through programming. Like the Logo programming language turtle geometry has a central role. However the main focus of TurtleBlocks is static artistic images.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
It was designed to be easy enough for children and yet powerful enough for people of all ages. TurtleArt is focused on making images while allowing you to explore geometry and programming.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
The TurtleBlocks Tool version – 98-1  &lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
There is no specific configuration for this tool or application.&lt;br /&gt;
* TurtleBlocks is part of the Ubuntu distribution. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This can be opened from Applications  → Education → TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/1_Tutleblocks_open.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/a2/2_Turtleblocks_main.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - TurtleBlocks can be opened from &lt;br /&gt;
Application→ Education→ TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you open turtleBlocks you can see the window like this. This contain 9 programming palettes. First one is Turtle palette. This palatte contain some blocks, that blocks are used to control the movement of turtle. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/0/02/3_Turtle_blocks_pen.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/3/30/4_Turtleblocks_Colour.png }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - This palette called pen palette. The blocks of this palatte are used to control the attributes of the turtle's pen.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - This color palette contain some blocks. That blocks can be used with the set-pen-color block in place of a number block.  &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|5 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|6 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - This palette called number palette. The blocks in this palette relates to arithmetic and boolean operators. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - The blocks in the flow palette control program flow.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|7 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|8 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - This is palette of variable blocks. These blocks are for defining variables and subroutines. Without actions.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - This palette called extras palette. These extra palette is a collection of extra blocks for accessing advanced features only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|9 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|10 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The blocks in the portfolio palette are used to make multimedia presentations only available in Turtle Blocks. &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 10 - This palette holds any blocks that have been put in the trash. You can drag blocks out of the trash to restore them. The trash palette is emptied when you quit Turtle Art. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|11 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|12 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 11 - Here we have to follow very lengthy code to write square.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 12 - Here we can draw the square by using very short code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|13 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|14 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 13 - In flow palette select repeat block and set number as 4 to write 4 sides.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 14 - To move the turtle select forword block in turtle palette set the measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|15 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|16 }}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 15 - Then select the right block in turtle palette to turn the turtle in right side and set the measurements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 16 - After entering all the code press start button turtle will draw square.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps - Applications → Ubuntu Software Center → in right side search box search as “TurtleBlocks” → Click on Install.     (If it asks any authentication, Enter your Ubuntu login password)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps - Open terminal by clicking (ctrl+Alt+T), Once window page is open, in front of dollar($) symbol just type below command.Sudo apt-get installed TurtleBlocks&lt;br /&gt;
Now, Enter your ubuntu login password(it will be hide) then press Enter.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps - Follow the below link for Installing through web, but again it will take you through software center.&lt;br /&gt;
https://apps.ubuntu.com/cat/applications/precise/turteblocks/&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps - &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
How to install – currently there is no mobile app for TurtleBlocks but there is a App called turtleDraw, this app also same as turtleBlocks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
Programming Tool&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
Source:http://wiki.laptop.org/go/Turtle_Art_student_guide &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://llk.media.mit.edu/courses/readings/TurtleArt.pdf&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2648</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2648"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T04:55:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/be/Agriculture_food_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/7/74/Food_details.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/83/Food_hyperlink.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/96/Food_note_panel.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/47/Food_note_window_summary.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2644</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2644"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T04:45:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/be/Agriculture_food_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/7/74/Food_details.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/8/83/Food_hyperlink.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/9/96/Food_note_panel.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/47/Food_note_window_summary.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2641</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2641"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T04:41:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/b/be/Agriculture_food_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/7/74/Food_details.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 7}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 9}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2638</id>
		<title>Learn Freeplane</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Freeplane&amp;diff=2638"/>
		<updated>2016-10-18T04:29:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Functionalities */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
In this chapter, we will learn how to create a mind map using the tools necessary for creating a clear and tidy mind map. Therefore, it is very important to take into consideration all the recipes in this chapter, to avoid misleading information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The recipes explained afterwards are given in order to avoid the most common mistakes while designing a mind map, thus they are the key elements to bear in mind before designing a mind map. Mind maps must communicate thoughts and try to speak by themselves, to convey the meaning easily. Considering these aspects, the mind map can greatly be improved from the start by taking into account how clear, effective, and impactful its content and design can be to the reader.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Mind mapping is considered a brainstorming technique out of which we obtain desired results or even extraordinary ones. This is why we must show our ideas to our mind map readers and help them understand what we were imagining while designing it. We can show the results in different ways, in order to make it look more appealing as well as profitable, according to the type of target audience that we are aiming at.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Educators consider mind mapping a good approach for supporting students with organizing ideas; they also find it a great asset for teaching. It is a great tool to organize the thought processes of their students when writing, due to the fact that the teacher only presents the basic content and it is the student who writes it in an organized way. However, the mind map should be comprehensive, well designed, and readable, in order to achieve its goal.&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane is an open source for educational use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Freeplane Version - 0.9.0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To Open from the desktop menu select Applications &amp;gt; Office &amp;gt; Freeplane.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: font color combo box&lt;br /&gt;
* Re-developed lots of the attribute functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
* Search dialog on geographical maps accepts coordinates in the form &amp;quot;lat lon&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;lat lon;lat2 lon2;...&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* A reverse lookup is then performed unless you set do_reverse_lookup_on_lat_lon_search to false.&lt;br /&gt;
* New search&amp;amp;replace dialog shows tooltips of the node and note text.&lt;br /&gt;
* Enhanced the calendar widget to show 12 month at once.&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: standalone map server created.&lt;br /&gt;
* new feature: icon toolbar can have multiple columns (see properties-&amp;gt;appearance).&lt;br /&gt;
* New feature: on save, thumbnails are created and displayed as tool tip on mindmap links to other mm-files&lt;br /&gt;
* Added node statistics to the status bar (inclusive sums of node contents).&lt;br /&gt;
* New Export as html page with a single click able image containing only the links (URLs) or the map.&lt;br /&gt;
* Clones can be deactivated by menu&lt;br /&gt;
* Strike through&lt;br /&gt;
* Sorting in both directions by repeating the command&lt;br /&gt;
* Markings in calendars&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Freemind&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/1/17/Food_main_page.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/57/Food_link.png}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 1 - Once Freeplane is open  you will see a window like this.  &lt;br /&gt;
The new mind map is the root node and you can give it any name you want.  The name of this root node will be the name of the mind map.  Once you have given it a name, you can save the mind map.  &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 2 - Once you click on save, you will see a window like this.&lt;br /&gt;
You can save the folder you want to select the folder you want to save it on.&lt;br /&gt;
Here the mind map is named Food and is saved under home/ranjani/Documents&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 3}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 4}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 3 - Now you see that the mind map is named Food and the root node is called Food.  To insert other words that are connected, you can enter them as child nodes.  To enter these nodes, you can use the &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key or &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key after selecting the node to which the child nodes must be added.  Here, the child nodes have been added after selecting the node &amp;quot;Food&amp;quot;.  The child nodes added are called sibling nodes and the main node is called parent node.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 4 - You can keep adding child nodes to any node.  For example you can add child nodes to the node called environment by selecting and using &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot; key.  You can also add a sibling node to environment by selecting the node environment and using &amp;quot;Enter&amp;quot; key.   &amp;quot;Plants&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;Animals&amp;quot; are child nodes for &amp;quot;environment&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is sibling node for &amp;quot;environment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 5}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 6}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 5 - When you discuss concepts, we notice that sometimes concepts are connected, and we want to link them to study in detail.  For doing this we can add a graphical link (an arrow) to connect two nodes.  &lt;br /&gt;
To do this select two nodes and select Insert Option from the menu bar, and add graphical link.  You can click on the arrow and move it around.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 6 - We will also see that sometimes these concepts are very large and we may want to create a new mind to study them.  For example, in this mind map we may want to create a new mind map called agriculture to study.   After we create a new  mind map called agriculture, we can insert a &amp;quot;file link&amp;quot; to open the new mind map when the node &amp;quot;agriculture&amp;quot; is clicked.  To do this, we click on node called agriculture and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - File chooser&amp;quot;. This will open a window from where you  can select the document name to be opened.  This can be a mind map. The file can be a picture or video also.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 7}}&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 8}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 7 - We can also insert weblinks to any node for additional information.  To do this, you select the node to which additional information is to be added and click on &amp;quot;Insert&amp;quot;.  Under Insert, click on &amp;quot;Hyperlink  - Text field&amp;quot;.  It will open a window in which you can enter the hyperlink manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 8 - You can also add notes to a node to add more description to a node.  To to this, you need to go to &amp;quot;View&amp;quot; and select &amp;quot;Note Window&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
This will open a box where you can enter text.  You can adjust the size of this box.  To enter a note, select a node and  enter the notes below in the note window.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|{{ext-img|450px|Image 9}}&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Step 9 - The completed mind map with links and notes will look like this below.&lt;br /&gt;
You can select the Format and Navigate to change colours, layout and also to move the nodes around.  &lt;br /&gt;
You can also export your mind map to Image or Text Document using File → Export As.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be saved using the FILE – SAVE AS command, or by the shortcut key CTRL-S. Always give a meaningful file name, reading which you should get an idea of the file contents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Like in most applications, a file can be exported to a PNG, JPEG and Libre office writer documents format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
1 Writing  &lt;br /&gt;
2 Inserting Graphics &lt;br /&gt;
3 cloud&lt;br /&gt;
4 blinkinhg&lt;br /&gt;
5 colour&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps : Application - ubuntu software centre - search box select and type (Freeplane)- install &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps -   sudo apt-get install Freeplane &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; enter password&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
In Andorid Mobiles we can use this application through Freeplane reader&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freeplane&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2336</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2336"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:55:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Configuration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2335</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2335"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:54:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/ &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2334</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2334"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:53:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
http://stellarium.org/&lt;br /&gt;
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stellarium_(software)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2333</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2333"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:48:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* The application on mobiles and tablets */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2332</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2332"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:47:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Other similar applications */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar ,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2331</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2331"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:47:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Advanced features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
http://www.stellarium.org/wiki/index.php/Advanced_Use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2329</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2329"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:43:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a free open source planetarium for your computer. It shows a realistic sky in 3D, just like what you see with the naked eye, binoculars or a telescope.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is being used in planetarium projectors. Just set your coordinates and go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2328</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2328"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:41:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Development and community help */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a software project that allows people to use their home computer as a virtual planetarium. It calculates the positions of the Sun and Moon, planets and stars, and draws how the sky would look to an observer depending on their location and the time. It can also draw the constellations and simulate astronomical phenomena such as meteor showers, and solar or lunar eclipses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
Project coordinator: Fabien Chéreau &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Graphic designer: Johan Meuris&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Developer: Bogdan Marinov, Alexander Wolf, Timothy Reaves, Guillaume Chéreau, Georg Zotti, Marcos Cardinot, Florian Schaukowitsch&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Continuous Integration: Hans Lambermont&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tester: Khalid AlAjaji&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
and everyone else in the community.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2327</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2327"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:40:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Overview of Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a software project that allows people to use their home computer as a virtual planetarium. It calculates the positions of the Sun and Moon, planets and stars, and draws how the sky would look to an observer depending on their location and the time. It can also draw the constellations and simulate astronomical phenomena such as meteor showers, and solar or lunar eclipses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
'''sky'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
* extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
* asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
* constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
* images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
* realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
* very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
* the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2325</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2325"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Overview of Features */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a software project that allows people to use their home computer as a virtual planetarium. It calculates the positions of the Sun and Moon, planets and stars, and draws how the sky would look to an observer depending on their location and the time. It can also draw the constellations and simulate astronomical phenomena such as meteor showers, and solar or lunar eclipses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also provides asterisms and illustrations of constellations from ten cultures, images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue) and several realistic representations. The Milky Way, atmosphere, sunrise, planets of the solar system and their major moons are all represented in the application. Users can also display stars and other celestial objects as seen from reference points other than the Earth (e.g. Saturn, Phobos, comet C/2006 P1 (McNaught) or any other object defined in the ssystem.ini file) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium's multi-lingual interface features zoom, time control, in-built scripting to record and playback shows, fisheye projection for planetarium domes, spheric mirror projection for personal domes, telescope control, equatorial and azimuthal grids, twinkling and shooting stars, simulated eclipses, landscapes and other deep sky objects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
sky&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    default catalogue of over 600,000 stars&lt;br /&gt;
    extra catalogues with more than 210 million stars&lt;br /&gt;
    asterisms and illustrations of the constellations&lt;br /&gt;
    constellations for 20+ different cultures&lt;br /&gt;
    images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue)&lt;br /&gt;
    realistic Milky Way&lt;br /&gt;
    very realistic atmosphere, sunrise and sunset&lt;br /&gt;
    the planets and their satellites&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''interface'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* a powerful zoom&lt;br /&gt;
* time control&lt;br /&gt;
* multilingual interface&lt;br /&gt;
* fisheye projection for planetarium domes&lt;br /&gt;
* spheric mirror projection for your own low-cost dome&lt;br /&gt;
* all new graphical interface and extensive keyboard control&lt;br /&gt;
*  telescope control&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''visualisation'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* equatorial and azimuthal grids&lt;br /&gt;
* star twinkling&lt;br /&gt;
* shooting stars&lt;br /&gt;
* eclipse simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* supernovae simulation&lt;br /&gt;
* skinnable landscapes, now with spheric panorama projection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''customizability'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* plugin system adding artifical satellites, ocular simulation, telescope configuration and more&lt;br /&gt;
* ability to add new solar system objects from online resources...&lt;br /&gt;
* add your own deep sky objects, landscapes, constellation images, scripts...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2324</id>
		<title>Learn Stellarium</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://oer.teacher-network.in/index.php?title=Learn_Stellarium&amp;diff=2324"/>
		<updated>2016-10-15T10:31:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ashok: /* Export and publishing files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div class=&amp;quot;noprint&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;float:right; border:1px solid blue;width:300px;background-color:#F5F5F5;padding:2px;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| cellspacing=&amp;quot;0&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| [[File:Book.jpg|none|80px|Book image]]&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;padding-left:2px;&amp;quot;| Go back to &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;[[ICT student textbook]] &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; [[ICT teacher handbook]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=Introduction=&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium is a software project that allows people to use their home computer as a virtual planetarium. It calculates the positions of the Sun and Moon, planets and stars, and draws how the sky would look to an observer depending on their location and the time. It can also draw the constellations and simulate astronomical phenomena such as meteor showers, and solar or lunar eclipses. &lt;br /&gt;
==Educational application and relevance==&lt;br /&gt;
==Version==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium Version - 0.12.4&lt;br /&gt;
==Configuration==&lt;br /&gt;
No need to configure &lt;br /&gt;
Application - Education - Stellarium&lt;br /&gt;
==Overview of Features==&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium also provides asterisms and illustrations of constellations from ten cultures, images of nebulae (full Messier catalogue) and several realistic representations. The Milky Way, atmosphere, sunrise, planets of the solar system and their major moons are all represented in the application. Users can also display stars and other celestial objects as seen from reference points other than the Earth (e.g. Saturn, Phobos, comet C/2006 P1 (McNaught) or any other object defined in the ssystem.ini file) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stellarium's multi-lingual interface features zoom, time control, in-built scripting to record and playback shows, fisheye projection for planetarium domes, spheric mirror projection for personal domes, telescope control, equatorial and azimuthal grids, twinkling and shooting stars, simulated eclipses, landscapes and other deep sky objects.&lt;br /&gt;
==Other similar applications==&lt;br /&gt;
Kstar , Skymap&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development and community help==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Working with the application=&lt;br /&gt;
==Functionalities==&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please label images as Step 1'''&lt;br /&gt;
#'''Please add 500px'''&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 1)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 2)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 3)&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Image  Image Image Image  (Step 4)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|style=&amp;quot;width: 50%;|Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext Texttexttexttexttext &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==File formats for creation==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Saving the file==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Export and publishing files==&lt;br /&gt;
Not applicable&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Advanced features==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Installation=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Method of installation !! Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Ubuntu software Centre || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From Terminal || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| From the web || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Web based registration || Steps&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
=The application on mobiles and tablets=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Ideas for resource creation=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
=How to use template=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;{{subst:Explore_an_application}} on the page you create for your tool.  Page Name should be &amp;quot;Learn ToolName&amp;quot;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Explore an application]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ashok</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>